blob: 6ad3495157691252f51d20f07a56d400c59eea86 [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +000018#include "CGValue.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000019#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000020#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000021#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000022#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000025#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
26#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000027#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000028#include <algorithm> // std::sort
29
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000030using namespace clang;
31using namespace CodeGen;
32
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000033static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34 llvm::Value *Array,
35 llvm::Value *Value,
36 unsigned FirstIndex,
37 unsigned LastIndex) {
38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
40 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I);
41 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
42 }
43}
44
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000045static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000046 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000047 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
48}
49
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000050ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
51
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000052static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000053 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000054 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
55 if (!RD)
56 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000057 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000058}
59
60static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000061 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000062 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
63 if (!RT)
64 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000065 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
66}
67
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +000068/// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema
69/// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type".
70static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) {
71 if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) {
72 const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
73 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
74 assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union");
75 return UD->field_begin()->getType();
76 }
77 }
78 return Ty;
79}
80
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000081CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
82 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000083}
84
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000085ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
86 return CGT.getContext();
87}
88
89llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
90 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
91}
92
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +000093const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
94 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000095}
96
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +000097const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
98 return CGT.getTarget();
99}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000100
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +0000101bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
102 return false;
103}
104
105bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
106 uint64_t Members) const {
107 return false;
108}
109
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000110void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000111 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000112 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000113 switch (TheKind) {
114 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000115 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000116 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000117 Ty->print(OS);
118 else
119 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000120 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000121 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000122 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000123 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000124 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000125 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000126 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000127 case InAlloca:
128 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
129 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000130 case Indirect:
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000131 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000132 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000133 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000134 break;
135 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000136 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000137 break;
138 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000139 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000140}
141
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000142TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
143
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000144// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
145// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
146unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
147 // Verified for:
148 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
149 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
150 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
151 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000152 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000153 return 32;
154}
155
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000156bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
157 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000158 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
159 // x86_stdcall
160 // MIPS
161 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
162 return false;
163}
164
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000165void
166TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
167 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
168 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
169 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
170 // dynamic.
171 Opt = "-l";
172 Opt += Lib;
173}
174
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000175static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000176
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000177/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000178/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000179static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
180 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000181 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
182 return true;
183
184 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000185
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000186 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
187 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000188 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000189 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
190 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
191 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000192 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000193 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000194
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000195 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
196 if (!RT)
197 return false;
198
199 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
200 //
201 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
202 // current ABI.
203 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
204 return false;
205
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000206 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000207}
208
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000209/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000210/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
211/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000212static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000213 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000214 if (!RT)
215 return 0;
216 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
217 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
218 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000219
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000220 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000221 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000222 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
223 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000224 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000225
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000226 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
227 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000228 return false;
229 return true;
230}
231
232/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
233/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
234/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
235/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
236/// considered single element structs.
237///
238/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
239/// it exists.
240static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
241 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType();
242 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000243 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000244
245 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
246 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000247 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000248
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000249 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000250
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000251 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
252 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000253 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000254 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000255 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000256 continue;
257
258 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
259 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000260 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000261
262 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
263 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000264 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000265 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000266 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000267 }
268 }
269
270 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000271 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000272 QualType FT = FD->getType();
273
274 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000275 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000276 continue;
277
278 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
279 // struct.
280 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000281 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000282
283 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
284 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
285 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
286 break;
287 FT = AT->getElementType();
288 }
289
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000290 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000291 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
292 } else {
293 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
294 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000295 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000296 }
297 }
298
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000299 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
300 // padding beyond the element type.
301 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000302 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000303
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000304 return Found;
305}
306
307static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000308 // Treat complex types as the element type.
309 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
310 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
311
312 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
313 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
314 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000315 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000316 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000317 return false;
318
319 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
320 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
321}
322
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000323/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
324/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
325/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
326/// inhibiting optimizations.
327///
328// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
329// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
330// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
331// capable of handling it.
332static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
333 // We can only expand structure types.
334 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
335 if (!RT)
336 return false;
337
338 // We can only expand (C) structures.
339 //
340 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
341 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
342 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
343 return false;
344
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000345 uint64_t Size = 0;
346
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000347 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000348 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
349 return false;
350
351 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
352 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
353 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
354 if (FD->isBitField())
355 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000356
357 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000358 }
359
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000360 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
361 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
362 return false;
363
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000364 return true;
365}
366
367namespace {
368/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
369/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
370/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
371/// conform to any particular ABI.
372class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000373public:
374 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000375
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000376 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
377 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000378
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000379 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000380 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
381 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000382 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
383 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000384 }
385
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000386 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
387 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000388};
389
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000390class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
391public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000392 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
393 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000394};
395
396llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
397 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000398 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000399}
400
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000401ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000402 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000403 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000404
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000405 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
406 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
407 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000408
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000409 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
410 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000411}
412
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000413ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
414 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
415 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
416
417 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
418 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
419
420 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
421 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
422 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
423
424 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
425 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
426}
427
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000428//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
429// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000430//
431// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
432// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000433//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
434
435class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
436 public:
437 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
438
439 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000440 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000441
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000442 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
443 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
444 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000445};
446
447class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
448 public:
449 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
450 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
451};
452
453void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000454 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000455 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
456
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000457 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
458 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
459}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000460
461llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
462 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000463 return nullptr;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000464}
465
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000466/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
467ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000468 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000469 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000470 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000471 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000472 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
473 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000474 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000475 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
476 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
477 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000478 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000479
480 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
481 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000482}
483
484ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
485 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
486 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
487
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000488 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000489 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
490 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
491
492 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
493 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
494 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
495
496 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
497 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
498}
499
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000500/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
501bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
502 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000503 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
504 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
505 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
506}
507
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000508static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000509 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000510 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000511 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
512 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
513 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000514 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000515 }
516
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000517 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000518 }
519
520 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000521 return Ty;
522}
523
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000524/// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the
525/// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
526static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
527 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
528 if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half)
529 return true;
530 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
531 // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX
532 // registers specially.
533 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
534 if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512)
535 return true;
536 }
537 return false;
538}
539
540/// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers
541/// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
542static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) {
543 return NumMembers <= 4;
544}
545
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000546//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
547// X86-32 ABI Implementation
548//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000549
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000550/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
551struct CCState {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000552 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {}
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000553
554 unsigned CC;
555 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000556 unsigned FreeSSERegs;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000557};
558
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000559/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
560class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000561 enum Class {
562 Integer,
563 Float
564 };
565
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000566 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
567
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000568 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
569 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000570 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000571 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000572
573 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
574 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
575 }
576
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000577 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
578 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
579 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
580 }
581
582 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
583 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
584 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
585 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
586 }
587
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000588 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000589
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000590 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
591 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000592 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
593
594 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000595
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000596 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000597 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000598
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000599 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000600 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000601 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
602 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000603
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000604 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
605 /// inalloca.
606 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
607
608 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
609 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
610 QualType Type) const;
611
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000612public:
613
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000614 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
615 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
616 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000617
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000618 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000619 unsigned r)
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000620 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000621 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000622};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000623
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000624class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
625public:
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000626 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000627 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
628 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000629
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000630 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
631 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
632
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000633 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000634 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000635
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000636 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000637 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000638 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000639 return 4;
640 }
641
642 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000643 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000644
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000645 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000646 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000647 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000648 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
649 }
650
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000651 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
652 std::string &Constraints,
653 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
654 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
655 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
656 std::string &AsmString,
657 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
658
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000659 llvm::Constant *
660 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000661 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
662 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
663 ('F' << 16) |
664 ('T' << 24);
665 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
666 }
667
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000668};
669
670}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000671
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000672/// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
673/// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
674/// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
675/// mov $0, $1
676/// mov eax, $1
677/// The result will be:
678/// mov $0, $2
679/// mov eax, $2
680static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
681 unsigned NumNewOuts,
682 std::string &AsmString) {
683 std::string Buf;
684 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
685 size_t Pos = 0;
686 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
687 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
688 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
689 DollarStart = AsmString.size();
690 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
691 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
692 DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
693 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
694 Pos = DollarEnd;
695 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
696 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
697 // We have an operand reference.
698 size_t DigitStart = Pos;
699 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
700 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
701 DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
702 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
703 unsigned OperandIndex;
704 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
705 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
706 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
707 OS << OperandIndex;
708 } else {
709 OS << OperandStr;
710 }
711 Pos = DigitEnd;
712 }
713 }
714 AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
715}
716
717/// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
718void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
719 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
720 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
721 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
722 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
723 unsigned NumOutputs) const {
724 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
725
726 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
727 // larger.
728 if (!Constraints.empty())
729 Constraints += ',';
730 if (RetWidth <= 32) {
731 Constraints += "={eax}";
732 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
733 } else {
734 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
735 Constraints += "=A";
736 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
737 }
738
739 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
740 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
741 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
742
743 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
744 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
745 CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
746 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
747
748 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
749}
750
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000751/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
752/// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000753bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
754 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000755 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
756
757 // Type must be register sized.
758 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
759 return false;
760
761 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
762 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
763 // registers.
764 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
765 return false;
766
767 return true;
768 }
769
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000770 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
771 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000772 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000773 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000774 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000775 return true;
776
777 // Arrays are treated like records.
778 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000779 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000780
781 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000782 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000783 if (!RT) return false;
784
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000785 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
786
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000787 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
788 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000789 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000790 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000791 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000792 continue;
793
794 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000795 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000796 return false;
797 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000798 return true;
799}
800
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000801ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
802 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
803 // integer register.
804 if (State.FreeRegs) {
805 --State.FreeRegs;
806 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
807 }
808 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
809}
810
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000811ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000812 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000813 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000814
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000815 const Type *Base = nullptr;
816 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
817 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
818 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) {
819 // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly.
820 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
821 }
822
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000823 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000824 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000825 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000826 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000827
828 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
829 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
830 // backend will like.
831 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000832 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000833 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000834
835 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
836 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
837 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
838 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000839 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000840 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000841
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000842 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000843 }
844
845 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000846 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000847
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000848 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000849 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000850 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000851 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000852 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000853 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000854
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000855 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
856 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000857 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000858
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000859 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
860 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000861 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000862 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000863
864 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
865 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000866 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
867 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
868 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000869 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000870 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000871 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000872 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
873
874 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
875 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000876 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000877 }
878
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000879 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000880 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000881
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000882 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
883 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
884 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
885
886 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
887 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000888}
889
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000890static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
891 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
892}
893
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000894static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
895 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
896 if (!RT)
897 return 0;
898 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
899
900 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
901 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000902 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
903 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000904 return false;
905
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000906 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000907 QualType FT = i->getType();
908
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000909 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000910 return true;
911
912 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
913 return true;
914 }
915
916 return false;
917}
918
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000919unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
920 unsigned Align) const {
921 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
922 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000923 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000924 return 0; // Use default alignment.
925
926 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
927 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
928 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000929 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000930 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000931
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000932 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000933 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
934 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000935 return 16;
936
937 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000938}
939
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000940ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000941 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000942 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000943 if (State.FreeRegs) {
944 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000945 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
946 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000947 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000948 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000949
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000950 // Compute the byval alignment.
951 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
952 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
953 if (StackAlign == 0)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000954 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000955
956 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
957 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000958 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
959 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000960}
961
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000962X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
963 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
964 if (!T)
965 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
966
967 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
968 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
969 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
970 return Float;
971 }
972 return Integer;
973}
974
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000975bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
976 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000977 NeedsPadding = false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000978 Class C = classify(Ty);
979 if (C == Float)
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000980 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000981
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000982 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
983 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +0000984
985 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
986 return false;
987
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000988 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
989 State.FreeRegs = 0;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000990 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000991 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000992
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000993 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000994
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000995 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
996 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000997 if (Size > 32)
998 return false;
999
1000 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
1001 return true;
1002
1003 if (Ty->isPointerType())
1004 return true;
1005
1006 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
1007 return true;
1008
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001009 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001010 NeedsPadding = true;
1011
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001012 return false;
1013 }
1014
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001015 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001016}
1017
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001018ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1019 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001020 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001021
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00001022 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
1023
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001024 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
1025 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1026 if (RT) {
1027 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
1028 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
1029 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
1030 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
1031 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
1032 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
1033 }
1034 }
1035
1036 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar
1037 // to other targets.
1038 const Type *Base = nullptr;
1039 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1040 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1041 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
1042 if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
1043 State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
1044 if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
1045 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1046 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
1047 }
1048 return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
1049 }
1050
1051 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1052 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001053 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001054 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001055 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +00001056
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001057 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001058 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001059 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001060 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001061
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +00001062 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +00001063 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001064 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1065
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001066 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
1067 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
1068 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001069 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001070 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +00001071 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001072 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
1073 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
1074 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00001075 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001076
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +00001077 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
1078 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
1079 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
1080 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001081 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
1082 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001083 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001084 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1085 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall,
1086 PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001087
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001088 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001089 }
1090
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001091 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +00001092 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1093 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001094 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1095 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001096 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1097 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1098 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1099 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001100 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001101
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +00001102 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1103 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001104
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001105 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1106 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001107
1108
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001109 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1110 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001111
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001112 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001113 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001114
1115 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1116 if (InReg)
1117 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1118 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1119 }
1120 if (InReg)
1121 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1122 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001123}
1124
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001125void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001126 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1127 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1128 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001129 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1130 State.FreeRegs = 2;
1131 State.FreeSSERegs = 6;
1132 } else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001133 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001134 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001135 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001136
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001137 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001138 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001139 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1140 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1141 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1142 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1143 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1144 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1145 }
1146 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001147
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00001148 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
1149 if (FI.isChainCall())
1150 ++State.FreeRegs;
1151
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001152 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00001153 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1154 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1155 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001156 }
1157
1158 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1159 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1160 if (UsedInAlloca)
1161 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1162}
1163
1164void
1165X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
1166 unsigned &StackOffset,
1167 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001168 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
1169 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1170 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
1171 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
1172
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001173 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4
1174 // byte aligned.
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001175 if (StackOffset % 4U) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001176 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001177 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001178 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
1179 assert(NumBytes);
1180 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1181 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1182 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1183 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001184}
1185
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001186static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1187 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1188 switch (Info.getKind()) {
1189 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1190 return true;
1191 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1192 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1193 return true;
1194 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1195 return false;
1196 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1197 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1198 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1199 if (Info.getInReg())
1200 return false;
1201 return true;
1202 }
1203 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1204}
1205
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001206void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1207 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1208
1209 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1210 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1211
1212 unsigned StackOffset = 0;
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001213 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1214
1215 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1216 bool IsThisCall =
1217 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1218 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1219 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1220 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1221 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1222 ++I;
1223 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001224
1225 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001226 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1227 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1228 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001229 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1230 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001231 }
1232
1233 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001234 if (IsThisCall)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001235 ++I;
1236
1237 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1238 for (; I != E; ++I) {
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001239 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1240 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001241 }
1242
1243 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1244 /*isPacked=*/true));
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001245}
1246
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001247llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1248 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001249 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001250
1251 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1252 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1253 "ap");
1254 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001255
1256 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1257 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1258 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1259 Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1260 if (Align > 4) {
1261 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1262 llvm::Value *Offset =
1263 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1264 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1265 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1266 CGF.Int32Ty);
1267 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1268 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1269 Addr->getType(),
1270 "ap.cur.aligned");
1271 }
1272
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001273 llvm::Type *PTy =
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00001274 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001275 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1276
1277 uint64_t Offset =
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001278 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001279 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00001280 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001281 "ap.next");
1282 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1283
1284 return AddrTyped;
1285}
1286
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001287bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1288 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1289 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1290
1291 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1292 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1293 break;
1294 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
1295 return false;
1296 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
1297 return true;
1298 }
1299
1300 if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1301 return true;
1302
1303 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001304 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1305 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1306 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1307 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001308 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Reid Kleckner2918fef2014-11-24 22:05:42 +00001309 return true;
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001310 default:
1311 return false;
1312 }
1313}
1314
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001315void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1316 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1317 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1318 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1319 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1320 // Get the LLVM function.
1321 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1322
1323 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001324 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001325 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001326 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1327 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1328 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1329 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001330 }
1331 }
1332}
1333
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001334bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1335 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1336 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1337 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001338
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001339 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001340
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001341 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1342 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1343 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001344 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001345
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001346 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001347 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1348 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1349 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001350 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001351 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001352
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001353 } else {
1354 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1355 // reason.
1356 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9));
1357
1358 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1359 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1360 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001361 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001362 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1363 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001364
1365 return false;
1366}
1367
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001368//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1369// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1370//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1371
1372
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001373namespace {
1374/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1375class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1376 enum Class {
1377 Integer = 0,
1378 SSE,
1379 SSEUp,
1380 X87,
1381 X87Up,
1382 ComplexX87,
1383 NoClass,
1384 Memory
1385 };
1386
1387 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1388 ///
1389 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1390 /// classification \arg Field.
1391 ///
1392 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1393 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1394 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1395 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001396 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001397
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001398 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1399 ///
1400 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1401 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1402 ///
1403 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1404 /// the classification process.
1405 ///
1406 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1407 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1408 ///
1409 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1410 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1411 ///
1412 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1413
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001414 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1415 /// given type T should be passed.
1416 ///
1417 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1418 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1419 ///
1420 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1421 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1422 ///
1423 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1424 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1425 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1426 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001427 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1428 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1429 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001430 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1431 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1432 /// will be Memory.
1433 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001434 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001435 ///
1436 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1437 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001438 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1439 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001440
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001441 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001442 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1443 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1444 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1445 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1446 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1447 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001448
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001449 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001450 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001451 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001452
1453 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001454 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001455 ///
1456 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1457 /// available.
1458 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001459
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001460 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001461
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001462 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001463 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001464 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001465 unsigned &neededSSE,
1466 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001467
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001468 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1469
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001470 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1471 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1472 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1473 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1474 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1475 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001476 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001477 }
1478
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001479 bool HasAVX;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001480 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1481 // 64-bit hardware.
1482 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001483
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001484public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001485 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001486 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001487 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001488 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001489
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001490 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1491 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001492 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001493 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1494 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001495 if (info.isDirect()) {
1496 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1497 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1498 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1499 }
1500 return false;
1501 }
1502
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001503 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001504
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001505 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1506 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001507};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001508
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001509/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001510class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1511
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001512 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
1513 bool IsReturnType) const;
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001514
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001515public:
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001516 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1517
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001518 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001519
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001520 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1521 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001522
1523 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
1524 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1525 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
1526 }
1527
1528 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
1529 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
1530 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1531 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
1532 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001533};
1534
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001535class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001536 bool HasAVX;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001537public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001538 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001539 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001540
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001541 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1542 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1543 }
1544
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001545 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001546 return 7;
1547 }
1548
1549 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001550 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001551 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001552
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001553 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1554 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001555 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001556 return false;
1557 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001558
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001559 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001560 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001561 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001562 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1563 }
1564
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001565 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001566 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001567 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1568 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001569 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001570 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1571 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1572 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001573 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001574 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001575 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1576 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1577 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1578 HasAVXType = true;
1579 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001580 }
1581 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001582
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001583 if (!HasAVXType)
1584 return true;
1585 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001586
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001587 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001588 }
1589
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001590 llvm::Constant *
1591 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001592 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1593 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1594 ('F' << 16) |
1595 ('T' << 24);
1596 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1597 }
1598
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001599 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1600 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1601 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001602};
1603
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001604static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
1605 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This
1606 // matches the behavior of MSVC.
1607 std::string ArgStr = Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001608 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001609 ArgStr += ".lib";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001610 return ArgStr;
1611}
1612
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001613class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1614public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001615 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1616 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1617 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001618
1619 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001620 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001621 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001622 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001623 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001624
1625 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1626 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001627 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001628 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001629 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001630};
1631
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001632class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001633 bool HasAVX;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001634public:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001635 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1636 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001637
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001638 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001639 return 7;
1640 }
1641
1642 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001643 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001644 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001645
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001646 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1647 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001648 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001649 return false;
1650 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001651
1652 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001653 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001654 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001655 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001656 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001657
1658 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1659 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001660 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001661 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001662 }
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00001663
1664 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1665 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1666 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001667};
1668
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001669}
1670
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001671void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1672 Class &Hi) const {
1673 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1674 //
1675 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1676 // memory.
1677 //
1678 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1679 // memory.
1680 //
1681 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1682 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1683 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1684 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1685 //
1686 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1687 //
1688 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
1689 // only with unions; for example:
1690 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1691 //
1692 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1693 //
1694 if (Hi == Memory)
1695 Lo = Memory;
1696 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1697 Lo = Memory;
1698 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1699 Lo = Memory;
1700 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1701 Hi = SSE;
1702}
1703
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001704X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001705 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1706 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1707 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1708 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1709 //
1710 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1711 //
1712 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1713 // the other class.
1714 //
1715 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1716 // class.
1717 //
1718 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1719 // INTEGER.
1720 //
1721 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1722 // MEMORY is used as class.
1723 //
1724 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1725
1726 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1727 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1728 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1729 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1730 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1731 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001732 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001733 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001734 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001735 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001736 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001737 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001738 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1739 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001740 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001741 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001742}
1743
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00001744void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001745 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001746 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1747 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1748 // situations.
1749
1750 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1751 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1752 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1753
1754 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1755
1756 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1757 Current = Memory;
1758
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001759 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001760 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1761
1762 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1763 Current = NoClass;
1764 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1765 Lo = Integer;
1766 Hi = Integer;
1767 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1768 Current = Integer;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001769 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1770 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001771 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001772 Current = SSE;
1773 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1774 Lo = X87;
1775 Hi = X87Up;
1776 }
1777 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1778 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001779 return;
1780 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001781
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001782 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001783 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001784 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001785 return;
1786 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001787
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001788 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001789 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001790 return;
1791 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001792
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001793 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00001794 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
1795 if (Has64BitPointers) {
1796 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
1797 // Lo and Hi now.
1798 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1799 } else {
1800 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
1801 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
1802 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1803 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
1804 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
1805 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1806 } else {
1807 Current = Integer;
1808 }
1809 }
1810 } else {
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00001811 Current = Integer;
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00001812 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001813 return;
1814 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001815
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001816 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001817 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001818 if (Size == 32) {
1819 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1820 // float> as integer.
1821 Current = Integer;
1822
1823 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1824 // split.
1825 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1826 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1827 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1828 Hi = Lo;
1829 } else if (Size == 64) {
1830 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1831 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1832 return;
1833
1834 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00001835 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00001836 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1837 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1838 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001839 Current = Integer;
1840 else
1841 Current = SSE;
1842
1843 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1844 // split.
1845 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1846 Hi = Lo;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001847 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001848 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1849 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1850 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1851 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1852 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1853 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1854 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001855 //
1856 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1857 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1858 // variadic function.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001859 Lo = SSE;
1860 Hi = SSEUp;
1861 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001862 return;
1863 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001864
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001865 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001866 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001867
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001868 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001869 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001870 if (Size <= 64)
1871 Current = Integer;
1872 else if (Size <= 128)
1873 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001874 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001875 Current = SSE;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001876 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1877 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001878 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001879 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001880 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001881 Current = ComplexX87;
1882
1883 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1884 // should be split.
1885 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001886 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001887 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1888 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001889
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001890 return;
1891 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001892
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001893 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001894 // Arrays are treated like structures.
1895
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001896 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001897
1898 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001899 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1900 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001901 return;
1902
1903 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1904 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1905 //
1906 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001907 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001908 return;
1909
1910 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1911 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1912 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001913 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001914 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00001915
1916 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1917 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1918 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1919 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1920 return;
1921
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001922 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1923 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001924 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001925 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1926 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1927 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1928 break;
1929 }
1930
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001931 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001932 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001933 return;
1934 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001935
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001936 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001937 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001938
1939 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001940 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1941 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001942 return;
1943
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001944 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
1945 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
1946 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001947 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001948 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001949
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001950 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1951
1952 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
1953 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1954 return;
1955
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001956 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001957
1958 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
1959 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001960
1961 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
1962 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001963 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1964 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001965 "Unexpected base class!");
1966 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001967 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001968
1969 // Classify this field.
1970 //
1971 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
1972 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
1973 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
1974 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00001975 uint64_t Offset =
1976 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001977 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001978 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1979 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1980 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1981 break;
1982 }
1983 }
1984
1985 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001986 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00001987 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001988 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001989 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
1990 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
1991
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001992 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
1993 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001994 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001995 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
1996 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1997 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1998 //
1999 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
2000 Lo = Memory;
2001 return;
2002 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002003 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002004 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002005 Lo = Memory;
2006 return;
2007 }
2008
2009 // Classify this field.
2010 //
2011 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
2012 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
2013 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
2014 // NO_CLASS.
2015 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2016
2017 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
2018 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
2019 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
2020 if (BitField) {
2021 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
2022 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
2023 continue;
2024
2025 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00002026 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002027
2028 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
2029 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00002030
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002031 if (EB_Lo) {
2032 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
2033 FieldLo = NoClass;
2034 FieldHi = Integer;
2035 } else {
2036 FieldLo = Integer;
2037 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
2038 }
2039 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002040 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002041 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2042 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2043 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2044 break;
2045 }
2046
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002047 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002048 }
2049}
2050
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002051ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002052 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2053 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00002054 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002055 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2056 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2057 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2058
2059 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2060 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2061 }
2062
2063 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
2064}
2065
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002066bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2067 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2068 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
2069 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
2070 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
2071 return true;
2072 }
2073
2074 return false;
2075}
2076
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002077ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
2078 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002079 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2080 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002081 //
2082 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
2083 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
2084 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
2085 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
2086 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002087 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002088 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2089 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2090 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2091
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00002092 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2093 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002094 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002095
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002096 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002097 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002098
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002099 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
2100 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
2101 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002102
2103 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
2104 // is important for good codegen.
2105 //
2106 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
2107 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
2108 //
2109 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
2110 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2111 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2112 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2113 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2114 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2115 // might be inreg.
2116 //
2117 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2118 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2119 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2120 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2121 //
2122 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2123 // attributes. See PR12193.
2124 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2125 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2126
2127 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2128 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2129 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2130 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2131 Size));
2132 }
2133
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002134 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002135}
2136
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002137/// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an
2138/// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002139/// vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002140llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002141 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002142
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00002143 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors,
2144 // strip them off if present.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002145 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00002146 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) {
2147 IRType = STy->getElementType(0);
2148 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
2149 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002150
Bruno Cardoso Lopes129b4cc2011-07-08 22:57:35 +00002151 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002152 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){
2153 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002154 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth();
Tanya Lattner71f1b2d2011-11-28 23:18:11 +00002155 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) &&
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002156 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() ||
2157 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) ||
2158 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) ||
2159 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128)))
2160 return VT;
2161 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002162
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002163 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
2164}
2165
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002166/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2167/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2168/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2169/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2170/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2171///
2172/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2173static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2174 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2175 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2176 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2177 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2178 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2179 if (TySize <= StartBit)
2180 return true;
2181
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002182 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2183 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2184 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2185
2186 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2187 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2188 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2189 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2190 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002191
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002192 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2193 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2194 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2195 return false;
2196 }
2197 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2198 return true;
2199 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002200
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002201 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2202 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2203 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002204
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002205 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2206 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002207 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2208 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002209 "Unexpected base class!");
2210 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002211 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002212
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002213 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002214 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002215 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002216
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002217 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002218 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002219 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2220 return false;
2221 }
2222 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002223
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002224 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
2225 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2226 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2227 // much.
2228 unsigned idx = 0;
2229 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2230 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2231 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002232
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002233 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2234 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2235
2236 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2237 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2238 Context))
2239 return false;
2240 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002241
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002242 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2243 // clean.
2244 return true;
2245 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002246
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002247 return false;
2248}
2249
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002250/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2251/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
2252/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2253/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002254static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002255 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002256 // Base case if we find a float.
2257 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2258 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002259
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002260 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002261 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002262 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2263 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2264 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2265 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2266 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002267
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002268 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002269 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2270 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002271 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2272 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2273 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2274 }
2275
2276 return false;
2277}
2278
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002279
2280/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2281/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002282llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2283GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002284 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002285 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002286 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2287 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2288 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2289 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2290 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002291
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002292 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2293 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2294 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002295 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2296 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002297 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002298
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002299 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2300}
2301
2302
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002303/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2304/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2305/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2306/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002307/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2308/// etc).
2309///
2310/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2311/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2312/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2313///
Alp Toker9907f082014-07-09 14:06:35 +00002314/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002315/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2316///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002317llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2318GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002319 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002320 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2321 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2322 if (IROffset == 0) {
2323 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002324 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2325 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002326 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002327
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002328 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2329 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2330 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2331 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2332 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2333 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2334 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002335 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2336 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2337 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2338 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002339
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002340 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2341 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2342 return IRType;
2343 }
2344 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002345
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002346 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002347 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002348 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002349 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2350 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2351 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002352
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002353 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2354 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002355 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002356 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002357
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002358 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002359 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002360 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002361 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002362 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2363 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002364 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002365
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002366 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2367 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002368 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2369 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002370
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002371 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002372
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002373 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2374 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002375 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2376 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002377}
2378
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002379
2380/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2381/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2382/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2383/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2384/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002385static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002386GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002387 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002388 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2389 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2390 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2391 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2392 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2393 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
David Majnemered684072014-10-20 06:13:36 +00002394 unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002395 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002396
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002397 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2398 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2399 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2400 // struct.
2401 if (HiStart != 8) {
2402 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2403 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2404 // Promote these to a larger type.
2405 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2406 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2407 else {
2408 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2409 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2410 }
2411 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002412
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002413 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002414
2415
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002416 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2417 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2418 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2419 return Result;
2420}
2421
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002422ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002423classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002424 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2425 // classification algorithm.
2426 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002427 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002428
2429 // Check some invariants.
2430 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002431 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2432
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002433 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002434 switch (Lo) {
2435 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002436 if (Hi == NoClass)
2437 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2438 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2439 // null.
2440 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2441 "Unknown missing lo part");
2442 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002443
2444 case SSEUp:
2445 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002446 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002447
2448 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2449 // hidden argument.
2450 case Memory:
2451 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2452
2453 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2454 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2455 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002456 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002457
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002458 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2459 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2460 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2461 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2462 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2463 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002464
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002465 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2466 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2467 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2468 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002469 break;
2470
2471 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2472 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2473 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002474 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002475 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002476
2477 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2478 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2479 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002480 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002481 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002482
2483 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2484 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2485 // %st1.
2486 case ComplexX87:
2487 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002488 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002489 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002490 nullptr);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002491 break;
2492 }
2493
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002494 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002495 switch (Hi) {
2496 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2497 // never occur as a hi class.
2498 case Memory:
2499 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002500 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002501
2502 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002503 case NoClass:
2504 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002505
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002506 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002507 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002508 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2509 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002510 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002511 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002512 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002513 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2514 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002515 break;
2516
2517 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002518 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2519 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002520 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002521 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002522 case SSEUp:
2523 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002524 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002525 break;
2526
2527 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2528 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2529 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002530 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002531 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002532 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002533 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002534 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002535 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002536 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2537 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002538 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002539 break;
2540 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002541
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002542 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002543 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2544 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002545 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002546 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002547
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002548 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002549}
2550
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002551ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002552 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2553 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002554 const
2555{
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00002556 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
2557
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002558 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002559 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002560
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002561 // Check some invariants.
2562 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2563 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002564 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2565
2566 neededInt = 0;
2567 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002568 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002569 switch (Lo) {
2570 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002571 if (Hi == NoClass)
2572 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2573 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2574 // null.
2575 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2576 "Unknown missing lo part");
2577 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002578
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002579 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2580 // on the stack.
2581 case Memory:
2582
2583 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2584 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2585 case X87:
2586 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002587 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002588 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002589 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002590
2591 case SSEUp:
2592 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002593 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002594
2595 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2596 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2597 // and %r9 is used.
2598 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002599 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002600
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002601 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002602 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002603
2604 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2605 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2606 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2607 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2608 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2609 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002610
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002611 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2612 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2613 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2614 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002615
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002616 break;
2617
2618 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2619 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2620 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002621 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002622 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002623 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002624 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002625 break;
2626 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002627 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002628
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002629 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002630 switch (Hi) {
2631 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002632 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002633 // which is passed in memory.
2634 case Memory:
2635 case X87:
2636 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002637 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002638
2639 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002640
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002641 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002642 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002643 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002644 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002645
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002646 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2647 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002648 break;
2649
2650 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2651 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2652 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002653 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002654 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002655
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002656 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2657 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002658
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002659 ++neededSSE;
2660 break;
2661
2662 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2663 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002664 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002665 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00002666 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002667 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002668 break;
2669 }
2670
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002671 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
2672 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2673 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2674 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002675 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002676
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002677 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002678}
2679
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00002680void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002681
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002682 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2683 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002684
2685 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002686 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002687
2688 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2689 // integer register.
2690 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2691 --freeIntRegs;
2692
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00002693 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
2694 if (FI.isChainCall())
2695 ++freeIntRegs;
2696
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002697 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002698 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2699 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002700 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002701 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002702 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
2703 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002704
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002705 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002706 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00002707 neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002708
2709 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2710 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2711 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2712 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002713 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002714 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2715 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2716 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002717 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002718 }
2719 }
2720}
2721
2722static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2723 QualType Ty,
2724 CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2725 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p =
2726 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2727 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2728 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2729
2730 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2731 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002732 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2733 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002734 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2735 if (Align > 8) {
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002736 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002737 llvm::Value *Offset =
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002738 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002739 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2740 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002741 CGF.Int64Ty);
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002742 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002743 overflow_arg_area =
2744 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2745 overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2746 "overflow_arg_area.align");
2747 }
2748
2749 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002750 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002751 llvm::Value *Res =
2752 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002753 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002754
2755 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2756 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2757 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2758 // an 8 byte boundary.
2759
2760 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002761 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002762 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002763 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2764 "overflow_arg_area.next");
2765 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2766
2767 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2768 return Res;
2769}
2770
2771llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2772 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2773 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2774 // struct {
2775 // i32 gp_offset;
2776 // i32 fp_offset;
2777 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
2778 // i8* reg_save_area;
2779 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002780 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002781
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +00002782 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002783 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2784 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002785
2786 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2787 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2788 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2789 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2790
2791 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2792 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2793 // the number of floating point registers needed.
2794
2795 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2796 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2797 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2798 //
2799 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2800 // register save space).
2801
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002802 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2803 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2804 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002805 if (neededInt) {
2806 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2807 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002808 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2809 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002810 }
2811
2812 if (neededSSE) {
2813 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2814 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2815 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002816 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2817 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002818 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2819 }
2820
2821 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2822 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2823 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2824 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2825
2826 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2827
2828 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2829
2830 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2831 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2832 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2833 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2834 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2835 //
2836 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2837 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2838 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2839 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002840 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002841 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
2842 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3),
2843 "reg_save_area");
2844 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2845 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00002846 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002847 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002848 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2849 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002850 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002851 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2852 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00002853 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002854 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002855 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2856 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002857 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2858 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00002859 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2860 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002861 llvm::Value *V =
2862 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2863 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2864 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2865 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2866
Owen Anderson170229f2009-07-14 23:10:40 +00002867 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002868 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002869 } else if (neededInt) {
2870 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2871 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002872 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002873
2874 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2875 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2876 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2877 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2878 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2879 if (TyAlign > 8) {
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002880 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2881 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2882 RegAddr = Tmp;
2883 }
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002884 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2885 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2886 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2887 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002888 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002889 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2890 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2891 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2892 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002893 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002894 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002895 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002896 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002897 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002898 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2899 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002900 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2901 DblPtrTy));
2902 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2903 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2904 DblPtrTy));
2905 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2906 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2907 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002908 }
2909
2910 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2911 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2912 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2913 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002914 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002915 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2916 gp_offset_p);
2917 }
2918 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002919 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002920 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2921 fp_offset_p);
2922 }
2923 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2924
2925 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2926
2927 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2928 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2929
2930 // Return the appropriate result.
2931
2932 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Jay Foad20c0f022011-03-30 11:28:58 +00002933 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002934 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002935 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2936 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002937 return ResAddr;
2938}
2939
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00002940ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
2941 bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002942
2943 if (Ty->isVoidType())
2944 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2945
2946 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2947 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2948
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00002949 TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);
2950 uint64_t Width = Info.Width;
2951 unsigned Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align).getQuantity();
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002952
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002953 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2954 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002955 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002956 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002957 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2958 }
2959
2960 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002961 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
2962
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002963 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00002964 if (Width == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002965 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00002966 Width));
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002967 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002968
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00002969 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to
2970 // other targets.
2971 const Type *Base = nullptr;
2972 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
2973 if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
2974 if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
2975 FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
2976 if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
2977 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2978 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
2979 }
2980 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
2981 }
2982
2983
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00002984 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00002985 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
2986 // directly.
2987 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2988 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
2989 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002990 }
2991
2992 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002993 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
2994 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00002995 if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002996 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002997
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002998 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00002999 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003000 }
3001
Julien Lerouge10dcff82014-08-27 00:36:55 +00003002 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
3003 // extended.
3004 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3005 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
Julien Lerougee8d34fa2014-08-26 22:11:53 +00003006 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3007
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003008 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3009}
3010
3011void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003012 bool IsVectorCall =
3013 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00003014
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003015 // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall.
3016 unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0;
3017 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3018 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true);
3019
3020 // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall.
3021 FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003022 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003023 I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003024}
3025
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003026llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3027 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003028 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003029
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003030 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3031 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
3032 "ap");
3033 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3034 llvm::Type *PTy =
3035 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3036 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3037
3038 uint64_t Offset =
3039 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
3040 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3041 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
3042 "ap.next");
3043 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3044
3045 return AddrTyped;
3046}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003047
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00003048namespace {
3049
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00003050class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
3051 public:
3052 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
3053 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003054 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
3055 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3056 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00003057 private:
3058 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
3059 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
3060};
3061
3062class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00003063 bool HasAVX;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00003064 public:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00003065 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
3066 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {
3067 }
3068 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3069 return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
3070 }
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00003071};
3072
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00003073}
3074
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00003075void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3076 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
3077 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
3078 else
3079 NInfo.computeInfo(FI);
3080}
3081
3082llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3083 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3084 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
3085 // is unuspported.
3086 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3087}
3088
3089
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003090// PowerPC-32
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003091namespace {
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003092/// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3093class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003094public:
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003095 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
3096
3097 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3098 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3099};
3100
3101class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3102public:
3103 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003104
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003105 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003106 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3107 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3108 }
3109
3110 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003111 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003112
3113 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3114 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3115 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003116};
3117
3118}
3119
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003120llvm::Value *PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3121 QualType Ty,
3122 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3123 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3124 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore.
3125 (void)CTy;
3126 return nullptr;
3127 }
3128
3129 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
3130 bool isInt = Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType();
3131 llvm::Type *CharPtr = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3132 llvm::Type *CharPtrPtr = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3133
3134 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3135 llvm::Value *GPRPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, CharPtr, "gprptr");
3136 llvm::Value *GPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GPRPtr, CGF.Int32Ty);
3137 llvm::Value *FPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(GPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(1));
3138 llvm::Value *FPRPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FPRPtrAsInt, CharPtr);
3139 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(FPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(3));
3140 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3141 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(4));
3142 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3143 llvm::Value *GPR = Builder.CreateLoad(GPRPtr, false, "gpr");
3144 // Align GPR when TY is i64.
3145 if (isI64) {
3146 llvm::Value *GPRAnd = Builder.CreateAnd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3147 llvm::Value *CC64 = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(GPRAnd, Builder.getInt8(1));
3148 llvm::Value *GPRPlusOne = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3149 GPR = Builder.CreateSelect(CC64, GPRPlusOne, GPR);
3150 }
3151 llvm::Value *FPR = Builder.CreateLoad(FPRPtr, false, "fpr");
3152 llvm::Value *OverflowArea = Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaPtr, false, "overflow_area");
3153 llvm::Value *OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OverflowArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3154 llvm::Value *RegsaveArea = Builder.CreateLoad(RegsaveAreaPtr, false, "regsave_area");
3155 llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RegsaveArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3156
3157 llvm::Value *CC = Builder.CreateICmpULT(isInt ? GPR : FPR,
3158 Builder.getInt8(8), "cond");
3159
3160 llvm::Value *RegConstant = Builder.CreateMul(isInt ? GPR : FPR,
3161 Builder.getInt8(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3162
3163 llvm::Value *OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(RegsaveAreaAsInt, Builder.CreateSExt(RegConstant, CGF.Int32Ty));
3164
3165 if (Ty->isFloatingType())
3166 OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(OurReg, Builder.getInt32(32));
3167
3168 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs");
3169 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow");
3170 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");
3171
3172 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow);
3173
3174 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs);
3175
3176 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3177 llvm::Value *Result1 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OurReg, PTy);
3178 // Increase the GPR/FPR indexes.
3179 if (isInt) {
3180 GPR = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1));
3181 Builder.CreateStore(GPR, GPRPtr);
3182 } else {
3183 FPR = Builder.CreateAdd(FPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3184 Builder.CreateStore(FPR, FPRPtr);
3185 }
3186 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3187
3188 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow);
3189
3190 // Increase the overflow area.
3191 llvm::Value *Result2 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, PTy);
3192 OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaAsInt, Builder.getInt32(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3193 Builder.CreateStore(Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, CharPtr), OverflowAreaPtr);
3194 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3195
3196 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);
3197
3198 llvm::PHINode *Result = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(PTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3199 Result->addIncoming(Result1, UsingRegs);
3200 Result->addIncoming(Result2, UsingOverflow);
3201
3202 if (Ty->isAggregateType()) {
3203 llvm::Value *AGGPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, CharPtrPtr, "aggrptr") ;
3204 return Builder.CreateLoad(AGGPtr, false, "aggr");
3205 }
3206
3207 return Result;
3208}
3209
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003210bool
3211PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3212 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3213 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3214 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3215
3216 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003217
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003218 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003219 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3220 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3221 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3222
3223 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003224 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003225
3226 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003227 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003228
3229 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3230 // 64: mq
3231 // 65: lr
3232 // 66: ctr
3233 // 67: ap
3234 // 68-75 cr0-7
3235 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003236 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003237
3238 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003239 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003240
3241 // 109: vrsave
3242 // 110: vscr
3243 // 111: spe_acc
3244 // 112: spefscr
3245 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003246 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003247
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003248 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003249}
3250
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003251// PowerPC-64
3252
3253namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003254/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3255class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003256public:
3257 enum ABIKind {
3258 ELFv1 = 0,
3259 ELFv2
3260 };
3261
3262private:
3263 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3264 ABIKind Kind;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003265
3266public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003267 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind)
3268 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003269
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003270 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003271 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003272
3273 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3274 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3275
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003276 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3277 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3278 uint64_t Members) const override;
3279
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003280 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3281 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3282 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3283 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3284 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3285 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003286 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003287 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3288 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003289 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003290 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3291 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00003292 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003293 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003294 if (T) {
3295 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003296 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
3297 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003298 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003299 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003300 continue;
3301 }
3302 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003303 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003304 }
3305 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003306
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003307 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3308 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003309};
3310
3311class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3312public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003313 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
3314 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3315 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003316
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003317 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003318 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3319 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3320 }
3321
3322 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003323 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003324
3325 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3326 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec and VSX vectors.
3327 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003328};
3329
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003330class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3331public:
3332 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3333
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003334 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003335 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3336 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3337 }
3338
3339 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003340 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Hal Finkel92e31a52014-10-03 17:45:20 +00003341
3342 unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3343 return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3344 }
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003345};
3346
3347}
3348
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003349// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3350// extended to 64 bits.
3351bool
3352PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3353 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3354 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3355 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3356
3357 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3358 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3359 return true;
3360
3361 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3362 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3363 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3364 switch (BT->getKind()) {
3365 case BuiltinType::Int:
3366 case BuiltinType::UInt:
3367 return true;
3368 default:
3369 break;
3370 }
3371
3372 return false;
3373}
3374
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003375/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3376/// alignment in the parameter area.
3377bool
3378PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const {
3379 // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3380 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3381 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3382
3383 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3384 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
3385 if (Ty->isVectorType())
3386 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
3387
3388 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3389 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3390 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3391 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3392 if (EltType) {
3393 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3394 if ((EltType->isVectorType() &&
3395 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3396 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3397 AlignAsType = EltType;
3398 }
3399
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003400 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3401 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3402 uint64_t Members = 0;
3403 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3404 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3405 AlignAsType = Base;
3406
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003407 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
3408 if (AlignAsType)
3409 return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
3410
3411 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3412 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
3413 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128)
3414 return true;
3415
3416 return false;
3417}
3418
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003419/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3420/// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3421/// to the number of base elements.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003422bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3423 uint64_t &Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003424 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3425 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3426 if (NElements == 0)
3427 return false;
3428 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3429 return false;
3430 Members *= NElements;
3431 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3432 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3433 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3434 return false;
3435
3436 Members = 0;
Ulrich Weiganda094f042014-10-29 13:23:20 +00003437
3438 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
3439 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3440 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
3441 // Ignore empty records.
3442 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true))
3443 continue;
3444
3445 uint64_t FldMembers;
3446 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3447 return false;
3448
3449 Members += FldMembers;
3450 }
3451 }
3452
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003453 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3454 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3455 QualType FT = FD->getType();
3456 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3457 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3458 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3459 return false;
3460 FT = AT->getElementType();
3461 }
3462 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3463 continue;
3464
3465 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3466 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3467 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3468 continue;
3469
3470 uint64_t FldMembers;
3471 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3472 return false;
3473
3474 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3475 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3476 }
3477
3478 if (!Base)
3479 return false;
3480
3481 // Ensure there is no padding.
3482 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3483 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3484 return false;
3485 } else {
3486 Members = 1;
3487 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3488 Members = 2;
3489 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3490 }
3491
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003492 // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths.
3493 if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty))
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003494 return false;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003495
3496 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that
3497 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3498 // treated as being equivalent here.
3499 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3500 if (!Base)
3501 Base = TyPtr;
3502
3503 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3504 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3505 return false;
3506 }
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003507 return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members);
3508}
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003509
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003510bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
3511 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3512 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3513 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3514 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3515 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3516 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3517 return true;
3518 }
3519 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3520 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128)
3521 return true;
3522 }
3523 return false;
3524}
3525
3526bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
3527 const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003528 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3529 // or two registers depending on their size.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003530 uint32_t NumRegs =
3531 Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003532
3533 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003534 return Members * NumRegs <= 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003535}
3536
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003537ABIArgInfo
3538PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00003539 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3540
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00003541 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3542 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3543
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003544 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3545 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3546 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
3547 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3548 if (Size > 128)
3549 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3550 else if (Size < 128) {
3551 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3552 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3553 }
3554 }
3555
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003556 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003557 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003558 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003559
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003560 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8;
3561 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003562
3563 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3564 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3565 uint64_t Members = 0;
3566 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3567 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3568 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3569 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3570 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3571 }
3572
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00003573 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3574 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3575 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3576 // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3577 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3578 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3579 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3580
3581 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3582 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3583 if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3584 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3585 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3586 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3587 // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3588 else {
3589 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3590 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3591 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3592 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3593 }
3594
3595 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3596 }
3597
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003598 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003599 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3600 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003601 }
3602
3603 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3604 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3605}
3606
3607ABIArgInfo
3608PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3609 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3610 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3611
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00003612 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3613 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3614
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003615 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3616 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3617 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) {
3618 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3619 if (Size > 128)
3620 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3621 else if (Size < 128) {
3622 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3623 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3624 }
3625 }
3626
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003627 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3628 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3629 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3630 uint64_t Members = 0;
3631 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3632 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3633 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3634 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3635 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3636 }
3637
3638 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3639 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3640 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3641 if (Bits == 0)
3642 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3643
3644 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3645 if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3646 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00003647 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003648 } else
3649 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3650 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3651 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3652 }
3653
3654 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003655 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003656 }
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003657
3658 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3659 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3660}
3661
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003662// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3663llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3664 QualType Ty,
3665 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3666 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3667 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3668
3669 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3670 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3671 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3672
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003673 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
3674 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) {
3675 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3676 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15));
3677 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16));
3678 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3679 }
3680
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003681 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the
3682 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3683 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the
3684 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003685 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003686 QualType BaseTy;
3687 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3688
3689 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3690 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3691 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3692 if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3693 SizeInBytes = 16;
3694 }
3695
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003696 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3697 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3698 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3699 "ap.next");
3700 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3701
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003702 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3703 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3704 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
3705 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
3706 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3707 // and store them to a temporary structure.
3708 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3709 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3710 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003711 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3712 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3713 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3714 } else {
3715 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3716 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003717 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3718 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3719 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3720 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3721 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3722 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty),
3723 "vacplx");
3724 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real");
3725 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3726 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3727 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3728 return Ptr;
3729 }
3730
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003731 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3732 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3733 // correct offset.
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003734 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003735 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3736 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3737 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3738 }
3739
3740 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3741 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3742}
3743
3744static bool
3745PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3746 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003747 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3748 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3749
3750 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3751
3752 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3753 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3754 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3755 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3756
3757 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3758 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3759
3760 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3761 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3762
3763 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3764 // 64: mq
3765 // 65: lr
3766 // 66: ctr
3767 // 67: ap
3768 // 68-75 cr0-7
3769 // 76: xer
3770 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3771
3772 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3773 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3774
3775 // 109: vrsave
3776 // 110: vscr
3777 // 111: spe_acc
3778 // 112: spefscr
3779 // 113: sfp
3780 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3781
3782 return false;
3783}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003784
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003785bool
3786PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3787 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3788 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3789
3790 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3791}
3792
3793bool
3794PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3795 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3796
3797 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3798}
3799
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003800//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003801// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003802//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3803
3804namespace {
3805
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003806class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003807public:
3808 enum ABIKind {
3809 AAPCS = 0,
3810 DarwinPCS
3811 };
3812
3813private:
3814 ABIKind Kind;
3815
3816public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003817 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003818
3819private:
3820 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3821 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3822
3823 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003824 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003825 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3826 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3827 uint64_t Members) const override;
3828
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003829 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3830
David Blaikie1cbb9712014-11-14 19:09:44 +00003831 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003832 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3833 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003834
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003835 for (auto &it : FI.arguments())
3836 it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003837 }
3838
3839 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3840 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3841
3842 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3843 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3844
3845 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
NAKAMURA Takumi8c894962014-11-01 01:32:27 +00003846 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003847 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3848 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3849 }
3850};
3851
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003852class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003853public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003854 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3855 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003856
3857 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const {
3858 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3859 }
3860
3861 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; }
3862
3863 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; }
3864};
3865}
3866
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003867ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00003868 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3869
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003870 // Handle illegal vector types here.
3871 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3872 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3873 if (Size <= 32) {
3874 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003875 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3876 }
3877 if (Size == 64) {
3878 llvm::Type *ResType =
3879 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003880 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3881 }
3882 if (Size == 128) {
3883 llvm::Type *ResType =
3884 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003885 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3886 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003887 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3888 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003889
3890 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3891 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3892 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3893 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3894
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003895 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3896 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3897 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3898 }
3899
3900 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3901 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003902 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003903 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003904 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003905 }
3906
3907 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3908 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3909 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3910 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3911 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3912
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003913 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3914 }
3915
3916 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003917 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003918 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003919 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003920 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
3921 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003922 }
3923
3924 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
3925 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3926 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003927 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003928 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00003929
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003930 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
3931 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003932 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003933 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
3934 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3935 }
3936 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3937 }
3938
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003939 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3940}
3941
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003942ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003943 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3944 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3945
3946 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
3947 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
3948 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3949
3950 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3951 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3952 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
3953 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3954
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00003955 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3956 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3957 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003958 }
3959
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003960 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
3961 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3962
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003963 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003964 uint64_t Members = 0;
3965 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members))
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003966 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
3967 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3968
3969 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
3970 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3971 if (Size <= 128) {
3972 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3973 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3974 }
3975
3976 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3977}
3978
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003979/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
3980bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003981 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3982 // Check whether VT is legal.
3983 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3984 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
3985 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
3986 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
3987 return true;
3988 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
3989 }
3990 return false;
3991}
3992
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003993bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
3994 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
3995 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
3996 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
3997 // including __fp16.
3998 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3999 if (BT->isFloatingPoint())
4000 return true;
4001 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4002 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4003 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4004 return true;
4005 }
4006 return false;
4007}
4008
4009bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4010 uint64_t Members) const {
4011 return Members <= 4;
4012}
4013
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004014llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
4015 QualType Ty,
4016 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4017 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004018 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4019
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004020 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
4021 if (IsIndirect)
4022 BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy);
4023 else if (AI.getCoerceToType())
4024 BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
4025
4026 unsigned NumRegs = 1;
4027 if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) {
4028 BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
4029 NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements();
4030 }
4031 bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy();
4032
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004033 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
4034 // Standard, section B.4:
4035 //
4036 // struct {
4037 // void *__stack;
4038 // void *__gr_top;
4039 // void *__vr_top;
4040 // int __gr_offs;
4041 // int __vr_offs;
4042 // };
4043
4044 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
4045 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4046 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
4047 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
4048 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
4049
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004050 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004051 int reg_top_index;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004052 int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4053 if (!IsFPR) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004054 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
4055 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
4056 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
4057 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004058 RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004059 } else {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004060 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
4061 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
4062 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
4063 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004064 RegSize = 16 * NumRegs;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004065 }
4066
4067 //=======================================
4068 // Find out where argument was passed
4069 //=======================================
4070
4071 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
4072 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
4073 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
4074 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004075 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004076 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
4077 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
4078
4079 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
4080
4081 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00004082 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004083 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
4084
4085 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
4086 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
4087 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004088 if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004089 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4090
4091 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4092 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
4093 "align_regoffs");
4094 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4095 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
4096 "aligned_regoffs");
4097 }
4098
4099 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004100 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004101 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4102 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
4103 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
4104
4105 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
4106 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004107 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004108 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
4109 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
4110
4111 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
4112
4113 //=======================================
4114 // Argument was in registers
4115 //=======================================
4116
4117 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
4118 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
4119 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4120
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004121 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004122 reg_top_p =
4123 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
4124 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
4125 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004126 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004127 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4128
4129 if (IsIndirect) {
4130 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
4131 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
4132 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
4133 }
4134
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004135 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004136 uint64_t NumMembers = 0;
4137 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers);
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004138 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004139 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
4140 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
4141 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
4142 // contiguously.
4143 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
4144 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4145 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
4146 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
4147 int Offset = 0;
4148
4149 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
4150 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
4151 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
4152 llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
4153 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
4154 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
4155 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
4156 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
4157 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i);
4158
4159 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
4160 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
4161 }
4162
4163 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
4164 } else {
4165 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
4166 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004167 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
4168 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004169 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
4170 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4171 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4172
4173 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4174 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4175
4176 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4177 }
4178
4179 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
4180 }
4181
4182 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4183
4184 //=======================================
4185 // Argument was on the stack
4186 //=======================================
4187 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
4188
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004189 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004190 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
4191 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
4192
4193 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
4194 // floating-point ones might be affected.
4195 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
4196 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4197
4198 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4199
4200 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4201 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
4202 "align_stack");
4203 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4204 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
4205 "align_stack");
4206
4207 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4208 }
4209
4210 uint64_t StackSize;
4211 if (IsIndirect)
4212 StackSize = 8;
4213 else
4214 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4215
4216 // All stack slots are 8 bytes
4217 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
4218
4219 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
4220 llvm::Value *NewStack =
4221 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
4222
4223 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4224 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4225
4226 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
4227 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
4228 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4229 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4230
4231 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4232 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4233
4234 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4235 }
4236
4237 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
4238
4239 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4240
4241 //=======================================
4242 // Tidy up
4243 //=======================================
4244 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4245
4246 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
4247 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4248 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
4249
4250 if (IsIndirect)
4251 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
4252
4253 return ResAddr;
4254}
4255
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004256llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004257 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4258 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
4259 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
4260 // other cases.
4261 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004262 return nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004263
4264 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4265 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4266
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004267 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004268 uint64_t Members = 0;
4269 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004270
4271 bool isIndirect = false;
4272 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
4273 // be passed indirectly.
4274 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
4275 isIndirect = true;
4276 Size = 8;
4277 Align = 8;
4278 }
4279
4280 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
4281 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
4282
4283 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4284 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4285 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4286
4287 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4288 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4289 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4290 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4291 }
4292
4293 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
4294 if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
4295 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
4296 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
4297 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4298 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
4299 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
4300 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
4301 }
4302
4303 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
4304 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
4305 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
4306 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4307
4308 if (isIndirect)
4309 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4310 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4311 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4312
4313 return AddrTyped;
4314}
4315
4316//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004317// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004318//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004319
4320namespace {
4321
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004322class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004323public:
4324 enum ABIKind {
4325 APCS = 0,
4326 AAPCS = 1,
4327 AAPCS_VFP
4328 };
4329
4330private:
4331 ABIKind Kind;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004332 mutable int VFPRegs[16];
4333 const unsigned NumVFPs;
4334 const unsigned NumGPRs;
4335 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs;
4336 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004337
4338public:
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004339 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind),
4340 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) {
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004341 setCCs();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004342 resetAllocatedRegs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004343 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004344
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004345 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004346 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4347 case llvm::Triple::Android:
4348 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004349 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004350 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00004351 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004352 return true;
4353 default:
4354 return false;
4355 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004356 }
4357
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004358 bool isEABIHF() const {
4359 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4360 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4361 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4362 return true;
4363 default:
4364 return false;
4365 }
4366 }
4367
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004368 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4369
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004370private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004371 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004372 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004373 bool &IsCPRC) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004374 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004375
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004376 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4377 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4378 uint64_t Members) const override;
4379
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004380 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004381
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004382 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4383 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004384
4385 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4386 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004387 void setCCs();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004388
4389 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4390 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4391 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004392};
4393
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004394class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4395public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004396 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4397 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004398
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004399 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4400 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4401 }
4402
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004403 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004404 return 13;
4405 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004406
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004407 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004408 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4409 }
4410
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004411 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004412 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004413 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004414
4415 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004416 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004417 return false;
4418 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004419
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004420 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004421 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4422 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4423 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004424
4425 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004426 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004427 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4428 if (!FD)
4429 return;
4430
4431 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4432 if (!Attr)
4433 return;
4434
4435 const char *Kind;
4436 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4437 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4438 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4439 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4440 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
4441 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4442 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4443 }
4444
4445 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4446
4447 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4448
4449 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4450 return;
4451
4452 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4453 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4454 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4455 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4456 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4457 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4458 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4459 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4460 B));
4461 }
4462
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004463};
4464
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004465}
4466
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00004467void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004468 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004469 // VFP registers allocated so far.
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004470 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4471 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4472 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4473 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4474 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004475 resetAllocatedRegs();
4476
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004477 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
4478 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
4479 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4480 } else {
4481 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
4482 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004483 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004484 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs;
4485 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004486 bool IsCPRC = false;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004487 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers
4488 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments.
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004489 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004490
4491 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running
4492 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and
4493 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004494 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004495 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as
4496 // unusable anyway.
Oliver Stannarde0228512014-07-18 09:09:31 +00004497 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the
4498 // backend can handle that situation correctly.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004499 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs;
Oliver Stannarde0228512014-07-18 09:09:31 +00004500 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal();
4501 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs &&
4502 StackUsed && !IsByVal) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004503 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
4504 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004505 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) {
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004506 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */,
4507 0 /* offset */, PaddingTy, true);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004508 } else {
4509 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004510 PaddingTy, true);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004511 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004512 }
4513 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004514
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00004515 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4516 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4517 return;
4518
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004519 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4520 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4521 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
4522}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00004523
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004524/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4525llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4526 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004527 if (isEABIHF())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004528 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4529 else if (isEABI())
4530 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4531 else
4532 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4533}
4534
4535/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4536/// as the C calling convention.
4537llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004538 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004539 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4540 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4541 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004542 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004543 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4544}
4545
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004546void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004547 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4548
4549 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4550 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4551 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4552 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4553 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004554
4555 BuiltinCC = (getABIKind() == APCS ?
4556 llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS : llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004557}
4558
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004559/// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and
4560/// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004561void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment,
4562 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004563 // Early Exit.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004564 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) {
4565 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on
4566 // the stack.
4567 AllocatedVFPs = 17;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004568 return;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004569 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004570 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4571 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4572 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4573 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) {
4574 bool FoundSlot = true;
4575 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4576 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) {
4577 FoundSlot = false;
4578 break;
4579 }
4580 if (FoundSlot) {
4581 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4582 VFPRegs[J] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004583 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004584 return;
4585 }
4586 }
4587 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4588 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4589 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++)
4590 VFPRegs[I] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004591 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers.
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004592}
4593
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004594/// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers
4595/// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4,
4596/// this represents arguments being stored on the stack.
4597void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment,
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004598 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004599 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes");
4600
4601 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1)
4602 AllocatedGPRs += 1;
4603
4604 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired;
4605}
4606
4607void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const {
4608 AllocatedGPRs = 0;
4609 AllocatedVFPs = 0;
4610 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i)
4611 VFPRegs[i] = 0;
4612}
4613
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004614ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004615 bool &IsCPRC) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004616 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to
4617 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4618 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4619 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4620 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4621 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4622 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4623 // to four Elements.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004624 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004625
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00004626 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4627
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004628 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4629 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4630 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4631 if (Size <= 32) {
4632 llvm::Type *ResType =
4633 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004634 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004635 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004636 }
4637 if (Size == 64) {
4638 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4639 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004640 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){
4641 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2);
4642 } else {
4643 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4644 IsCPRC = true;
4645 }
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004646 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004647 }
4648 if (Size == 128) {
4649 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4650 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004651 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) {
4652 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4);
4653 } else {
4654 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4);
4655 IsCPRC = true;
4656 }
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004657 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004658 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004659 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004660 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4661 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004662 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004663 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4664 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4665 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4666 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64.
4667 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32);
4668 IsCPRC = true;
4669 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004670 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004671 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004672 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4673 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4674 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
4675 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) {
4676 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1);
4677 IsCPRC = true;
4678 }
4679 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4680 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
4681 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4682 IsCPRC = true;
4683 }
4684 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004685 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004686
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004687 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004688 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004689 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004690 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004691 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004692
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004693 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4694 if (!IsCPRC)
4695 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004696 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4697 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004698 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004699
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004700 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4701 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004702 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004703 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004704
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004705 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004706 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004707 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4708
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004709 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004710 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4711 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004712 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004713 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004714 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004715 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004716 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4717 if (Base->isVectorType()) {
4718 // ElementSize is in number of floats.
4719 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004720 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004721 Members * ElementSize);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004722 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004723 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004724 else {
4725 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4726 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble));
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004727 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004728 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004729 IsCPRC = true;
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004730 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004731 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004732 }
4733
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00004734 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004735 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4736 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4737 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004738 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4739 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4740 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4741 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4742 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00004743 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004744 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the
4745 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available
4746 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the
4747 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled.
4748 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4);
Oliver Stannard7c3c09e2014-03-12 14:02:50 +00004749 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004750 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004751 }
4752
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00004753 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00004754 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004755 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004756 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4757 // we can.
4758 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00004759 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4760 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004761 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs);
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004762 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004763 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4764 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004765 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2);
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00004766 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004767
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004768 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004769}
4770
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004771static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004772 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4773 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4774 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4775 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4776
4777 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4778
4779 // Check that the type fits in a word.
4780 if (Size > 32)
4781 return false;
4782
4783 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4784 if (Ty->isVectorType())
4785 return false;
4786
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00004787 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4788 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4789 return false;
4790
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004791 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004792 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004793 return true;
4794
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00004795 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4796 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4797 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004798
4799 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4800 // above, but they are not.
4801
4802 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4803 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4804 if (!RT) return false;
4805
4806 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4807 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4808 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4809 return false;
4810
4811 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4812 // like".
4813 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4814
4815 bool HadField = false;
4816 unsigned idx = 0;
4817 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4818 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004819 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004820
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004821 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4822 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4823 // struct { int : 0; int x }
4824 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4825 if (FD->isBitField()) {
4826 if (!RD->isUnion())
4827 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004828
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004829 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4830 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004831
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004832 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004833 }
4834
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004835 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4836 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4837 return false;
4838
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004839 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4840 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00004841
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004842 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4843 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4844 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004845 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4846 if (HadField)
4847 return false;
4848
4849 HadField = true;
4850 }
4851 }
4852
4853 return true;
4854}
4855
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004856ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4857 bool isVariadic) const {
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004858 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004859
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004860 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004861 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004862
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004863 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004864 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4865 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004866 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004867 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004868
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004869 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004870 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4871 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4872 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4873
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004874 return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4875 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004876 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004877
4878 // Are we following APCS?
4879 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004880 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004881 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4882
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004883 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4884 //
4885 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4886 // correctly.
4887 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004888 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
4889 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004890
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004891 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004892 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004893 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004894 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004895 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004896 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004897 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004898 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4899 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004900 }
4901
4902 // Otherwise return in memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004903 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004904 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004905 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004906
4907 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4908
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004909 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004910 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4911
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004912 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004913 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004914 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004915 uint64_t Members;
4916 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004917 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004918 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004919 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004920 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004921 }
4922
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004923 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4924 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004925 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004926 if (Size <= 32) {
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004927 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4928 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004930
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004931 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4932 if (Size <= 8)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004933 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004934 if (Size <= 16)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004935 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4936 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004937 }
4938
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004939 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004940 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004941}
4942
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004943/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4944bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4945 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4946 // Check whether VT is legal.
4947 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4948 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4949 // NumElements should be power of 2.
4950 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4951 return true;
4952 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4953 return Size <= 32;
4954 }
4955 return false;
4956}
4957
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004958bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4959 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4960 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
4961 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4962 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
4963 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4964 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4965 return true;
4966 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4967 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4968 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4969 return true;
4970 }
4971 return false;
4972}
4973
4974bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4975 uint64_t Members) const {
4976 return Members <= 4;
4977}
4978
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004979llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004980 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004981 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4982 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004983
4984 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004985 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004986 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004987
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00004988 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4989 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4990 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4991 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4992 }
4993
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004994 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004995 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004996 bool IsIndirect = false;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004997
4998 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4999 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00005000 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
5001 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
5002 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
5003 else
5004 TyAlign = 4;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005005 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
5006 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
5007 IsIndirect = true;
5008 Size = 4;
5009 TyAlign = 4;
5010 }
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005011
5012 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00005013 if (TyAlign > 4) {
5014 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
5015 "Alignment is not power of 2!");
5016 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
5017 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
5018 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005019 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00005020 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005021
5022 uint64_t Offset =
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005023 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005024 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00005025 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005026 "ap.next");
5027 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5028
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005029 if (IsIndirect)
5030 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00005031 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005032 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
5033 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
5034 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
5035 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
5036 // than the ABI alignment.
5037 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
5038 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
5039 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
5040 "var.align");
5041 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
5042 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
5043 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
5044 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
5045 TyAlign, false);
5046 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
5047 }
5048 llvm::Type *PTy =
5049 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5050 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5051
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005052 return AddrTyped;
5053}
5054
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00005055namespace {
5056
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00005057class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5058 public:
5059 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
5060 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005061 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5062 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5063 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00005064 private:
5065 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
5066 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
5067};
5068
5069class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5070 public:
5071 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
5072 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
5073};
5074
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00005075}
5076
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00005077void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5078 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
5079 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
5080 else
5081 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI);
5082}
5083
5084llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5085 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5086 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
5087 // is unsupported.
5088 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
5089}
5090
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005091//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005092// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005093//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5094
5095namespace {
5096
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005097class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005098public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005099 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005100
5101 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5102 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5103
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005104 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5105 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5106 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005107};
5108
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005109class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005110public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005111 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5112 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005113
5114 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5115 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005116private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005117 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
5118 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
5119 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005120};
5121
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005122ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005123 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5124 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005125
5126 // note: this is different from default ABI
5127 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5128 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5129
5130 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5131 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5132 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5133
5134 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5135 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005136}
5137
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005138ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005139 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5140 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5141 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005142
Eli Bendersky95338a02014-10-29 13:43:21 +00005143 // Return aggregates type as indirect by value
5144 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5145 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /* byval */ true);
5146
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005147 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5148 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005149}
5150
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005151void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005152 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5153 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005154 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5155 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005156
5157 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5158 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5159 return;
5160
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00005161 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5162}
5163
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005164llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5165 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
5166 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005167}
5168
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005169void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
5170SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5171 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005172 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5173 if (!FD) return;
5174
5175 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5176
5177 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005178 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005179 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005180 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005181 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005182 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005183 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5184 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005185 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005186 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005187 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005188 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005189
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005190 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005191 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005192 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005193 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5194 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005195 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5196 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5197 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5198 }
5199 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
5200 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
5201 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx",
5202 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads());
5203 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a
5204 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in
5205 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we
5206 // don't have to add a PTX directive.
5207 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks();
5208 if (MinCTASM > 0) {
5209 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5210 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM);
5211 }
5212 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005213 }
5214}
5215
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005216void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5217 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005218 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5219 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5220
5221 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5222 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5223
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005224 llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {
5225 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5226 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(
5227 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005228 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5229 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5230}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005231}
5232
5233//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005234// SystemZ ABI Implementation
5235//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5236
5237namespace {
5238
5239class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5240public:
5241 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5242
5243 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5244 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
5245 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5246
5247 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5248 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5249
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005250 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005251 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5252 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005253 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5254 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005255 }
5256
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005257 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5258 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005259};
5260
5261class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5262public:
5263 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5264 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5265};
5266
5267}
5268
5269bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5270 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5271 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5272 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5273
5274 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5275 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5276 return true;
5277
5278 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5279 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5280 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5281 case BuiltinType::Int:
5282 case BuiltinType::UInt:
5283 return true;
5284 default:
5285 return false;
5286 }
5287 return false;
5288}
5289
5290bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
5291 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty);
5292}
5293
5294bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5295 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5296 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5297 case BuiltinType::Float:
5298 case BuiltinType::Double:
5299 return true;
5300 default:
5301 return false;
5302 }
5303
5304 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5305 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5306 bool Found = false;
5307
5308 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5309 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00005310 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5311 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005312
5313 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5314 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5315 continue;
5316
5317 if (Found)
5318 return false;
5319 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base);
5320 if (!Found)
5321 return false;
5322 }
5323
5324 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005325 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005326 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way.
5327 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5328 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
5329 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5330 return true;
5331
5332 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
5333 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though.
5334 if (Found)
5335 return false;
5336 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType());
5337 if (!Found)
5338 return false;
5339 }
5340
5341 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5342 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
5343 return Found;
5344 }
5345
5346 return false;
5347}
5348
5349llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5350 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5351 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5352 // struct {
5353 // i64 __gpr;
5354 // i64 __fpr;
5355 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5356 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
5357 // };
5358
5359 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either
5360 // GPRs or FPRs.
5361 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5362 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5363 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty);
5364
5365 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5366 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
5367 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5368 if (IsIndirect) {
5369 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5370 UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
5371 } else
5372 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5373 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64;
5374 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5375
5376 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5377 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5378
5379 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5380 if (InFPRs) {
5381 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5382 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5383 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5384 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5385 } else {
5386 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5387 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5388 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5389 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5390 }
5391
5392 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr =
5393 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
5394 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
5395 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType();
5396 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5397 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005398 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005399
5400 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5401 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5402 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5403 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5404
5405 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5406 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5407
5408 // Work out the address of an argument register.
5409 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5410 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5411 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5412 llvm::Value *RegBase =
5413 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5414 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5415 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5416 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
5417 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
5418 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5419 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5420 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5421 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5422 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5423 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5424
5425 // Update the register count
5426 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5427 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5428 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5429 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5430 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5431
5432 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5433 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5434
5435 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
5436 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5437 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5438 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5439 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5440 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5441 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5442 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5443 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5444 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5445
5446 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5447 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5448 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5449 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5450 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5451
5452 // Return the appropriate result.
5453 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5454 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5455 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5456 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5457
5458 if (IsIndirect)
5459 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5460
5461 return ResAddr;
5462}
5463
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005464ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5465 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5466 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5467 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5468 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5469 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5470 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5471}
5472
5473ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5474 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005475 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005476 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5477
5478 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5479 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5480 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5481
5482 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
5483 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5484 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005485 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005486
5487 // Handle small structures.
5488 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5489 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5490 // fail the size test above.
5491 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5492 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005493 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005494
5495 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5496 llvm::Type *PassTy;
5497 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) {
5498 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5499 if (Size == 32)
5500 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5501 else
5502 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5503 } else
5504 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5505 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5506 }
5507
5508 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5509 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005510 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005511
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005512 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005513}
5514
5515//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005516// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005517//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005518
5519namespace {
5520
5521class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5522public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00005523 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5524 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005525 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005526 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005527};
5528
5529}
5530
5531void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5532 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5533 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5534 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5535 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5536 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5537 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5538
5539 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5540 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5541
5542 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005543 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005544
5545 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005546 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005547 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5548 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005549 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005550 }
5551}
5552
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005553//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005554// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5555// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005556//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5557
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005558namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005559class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005560 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005561 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5562 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005563 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005564 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005565 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005566 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005567public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005568 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005569 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005570 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005571
5572 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005573 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005574 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5575 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5576 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005577};
5578
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005579class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005580 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005581public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005582 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5583 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005584 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005585
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005586 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005587 return 29;
5588 }
5589
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005590 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005591 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005592 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5593 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005594 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005595 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5596 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5597 }
5598 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5599 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5600 }
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005601 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005602
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005603 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005604 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005605
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005606 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005607 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005608 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005609};
5610}
5611
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005612void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005613 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005614 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5615 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005616
5617 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5618 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5619 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5620
5621 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5622 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5623
5624 if (R)
5625 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005626}
5627
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005628// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5629// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005630llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005631 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5632
5633 if (IsO32) {
5634 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5635 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5636 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005637
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005638 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5639 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005640
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005641 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005642
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005643 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5644 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5645 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5646 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5647 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005648
5649 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5650 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005651 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005652
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005653 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5654 unsigned idx = 0;
5655 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5656
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005657 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5658 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005659 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5660 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005661 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005662 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5663
5664 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5665 continue;
5666
5667 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5668 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5669 continue;
5670
5671 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5672 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5673 ArgList.push_back(I64);
5674
5675 // Add double type.
5676 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5677 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5678 }
5679
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005680 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5681 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005682
5683 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5684}
5685
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005686llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5687 uint64_t Offset) const {
5688 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005689 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005690
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005691 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005692}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00005693
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005694ABIArgInfo
5695MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Daniel Sanders998c9102015-01-14 12:00:12 +00005696 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
5697
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005698 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005699 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005700 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005701
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005702 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5703 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005704 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5705 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005706
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005707 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005708 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005709 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005710 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5711
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005712 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005713 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005714 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005715 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00005716
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005717 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5718 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5719 // aggregate is unaligned.
Daniel Sandersaa1b3552014-10-24 15:30:16 +00005720 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5721 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
5722 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5723 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5724 return ArgInfo;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005725 }
5726
5727 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5728 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5729 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5730
Daniel Sanders5b445b32014-10-24 14:42:42 +00005731 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width.
5732 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005733 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5734
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005735 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005736 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005737}
5738
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005739llvm::Type*
5740MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005741 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005742 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005743
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005744 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005745 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005746 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5747 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005748
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005749 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5750 // following conditions are met:
5751 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5752 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5753 // point types.
5754 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5755 //
5756 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5757 //
5758 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5759 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5760 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005761 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005762
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005763 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5764 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005765
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005766 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005767 }
5768
5769 if (b == e)
5770 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5771 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5772
5773 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005774 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005775 }
5776
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005777 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005778 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5779}
5780
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005781ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00005782 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5783
Daniel Sandersed39f582014-09-04 13:28:14 +00005784 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5785 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5786
5787 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
5788 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
5789 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005790 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5791
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00005792 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005793 if (Size <= 128) {
5794 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5795 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5796
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00005797 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
Daniel Sanders00a56ff2014-09-04 15:07:43 +00005798 // aggregates in registers.
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00005799 if (!IsO32 ||
5800 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
5801 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5802 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5803 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5804 return ArgInfo;
5805 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005806 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005807
5808 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5809 }
5810
5811 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5812 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5813 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5814
5815 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5816 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5817}
5818
5819void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005820 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005821 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5822 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005823
5824 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005825 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005826
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005827 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5828 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005829}
5830
5831llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5832 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005833 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5834 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005835
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00005836 // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64.
5837 // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32.
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005838 unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64;
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00005839 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
5840 if ((Ty->isIntegerType() &&
5841 CGF.getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) ||
5842 (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) {
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005843 Ty = CGF.getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits,
5844 Ty->isSignedIntegerType());
5845 }
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005846
5847 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5848 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5849 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Daniel Sanders8d36a612014-09-22 13:27:06 +00005850 int64_t TypeAlign =
5851 std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005852 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5853 llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005854 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
5855
5856 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
5857 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5858 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5859 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5860 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
5861 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5862 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5863 }
5864 else
5865 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5866
5867 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
5868 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00005869 unsigned ArgSizeInBits = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5870 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(ArgSizeInBits / 8, TypeAlign);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00005871 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5872 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
5873 "ap.next");
5874 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5875
5876 return AddrTyped;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005877}
5878
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005879bool
5880MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5881 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5882 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5883 // as canonical as it gets.
5884
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005885 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
5886 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005887 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005888
5889 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5890 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5891 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5892 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005893 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005894
5895 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5896 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5897
5898 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5899 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5900 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5901 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5902 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005903 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005904 return false;
5905}
5906
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005907//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5908// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5909// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5910// handling.
5911//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5912
5913namespace {
5914
5915class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5916public:
5917 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5918 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5919
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005920 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5921 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005922};
5923
5924void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5925 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5926 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5927 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5928 if (!FD) return;
5929
5930 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5931
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005932 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005933 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5934 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005935 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005936 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5937 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005938 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5939 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5940 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5941 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5942
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005943 SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands;
5944 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005945
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005946 Operands.push_back(
5947 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5948 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))));
5949 Operands.push_back(
5950 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5951 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))));
5952 Operands.push_back(
5953 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5954 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005955
5956 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5957 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5958 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005959 Operands.push_back(
5960 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005961 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5962 }
5963 }
5964 }
5965}
5966
5967}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005968
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005969//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5970// Hexagon ABI Implementation
5971//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5972
5973namespace {
5974
5975class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5976
5977
5978public:
5979 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5980
5981private:
5982
5983 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5984 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
5985
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005986 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005987
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005988 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5989 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005990};
5991
5992class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5993public:
5994 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5995 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5996
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005997 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005998 return 29;
5999 }
6000};
6001
6002}
6003
6004void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00006005 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6006 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006007 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6008 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006009}
6010
6011ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
6012 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
6013 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6014 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6015 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6016
6017 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6018 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6019 }
6020
6021 // Ignore empty records.
6022 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
6023 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6024
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00006025 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00006026 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006027
6028 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6029 if (Size > 64)
6030 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6031 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
6032 else if (Size > 32)
6033 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6034 else if (Size > 16)
6035 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6036 else if (Size > 8)
6037 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6038 else
6039 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6040}
6041
6042ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
6043 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6044 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6045
6046 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
6047 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
6048 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
6049
6050 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
6051 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6052 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6053 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6054
6055 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6056 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6057 }
6058
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006059 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
6060 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6061
6062 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
6063 // are returned indirectly.
6064 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6065 if (Size <= 64) {
6066 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
6067 if (Size <= 8)
6068 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6069 if (Size <= 16)
6070 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6071 if (Size <= 32)
6072 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6073 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6074 }
6075
6076 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
6077}
6078
6079llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006080 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006081 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006082 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006083
6084 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6085 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
6086 "ap");
6087 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6088 llvm::Type *PTy =
6089 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
6090 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
6091
6092 uint64_t Offset =
6093 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
6094 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
6095 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
6096 "ap.next");
6097 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6098
6099 return AddrTyped;
6100}
6101
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006102//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6103// AMDGPU ABI Implementation
6104//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6105
6106namespace {
6107
6108class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6109public:
6110 AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6111 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6112 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6113 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6114};
6115
6116}
6117
6118void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(
6119 const Decl *D,
6120 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6121 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
6122 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
6123 if (!FD)
6124 return;
6125
6126 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) {
6127 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6128 uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR();
6129 if (NumVGPR != 0)
6130 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR));
6131 }
6132
6133 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) {
6134 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6135 unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR();
6136 if (NumSGPR != 0)
6137 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR));
6138 }
6139}
6140
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006141
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006142//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6143// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
6144// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
6145//
6146// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
6147// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
6148// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
6149//
6150// One case requires special care:
6151//
6152// struct mixed {
6153// int i;
6154// float f;
6155// };
6156//
6157// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
6158// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
6159// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
6160// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
6161//
6162// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
6163//
6164// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
6165// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
6166// bytes.
6167//
6168namespace {
6169class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6170public:
6171 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6172
6173private:
6174 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006175 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
6176 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6177 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006178
6179 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
6180 // serves two purposes:
6181 //
6182 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
6183 // in registers.
6184 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
6185 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
6186 //
6187 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
6188 // aligned 32-bit floats.
6189 //
6190 struct CoerceBuilder {
6191 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6192 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6193 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6194 uint64_t Size;
6195 bool InReg;
6196
6197 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6198 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6199
6200 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6201 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6202 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6203 if (ToSize == Size)
6204 return;
6205
6206 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6207 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
6208 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6209 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6210 Size = Aligned;
6211 }
6212
6213 // Add whole 64-bit words.
6214 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6215 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6216 Size += 64;
6217 }
6218
6219 // Final in-word padding.
6220 if (Size < ToSize) {
6221 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6222 Size = ToSize;
6223 }
6224 }
6225
6226 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6227 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6228 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6229 if (Offset % Bits)
6230 return;
6231 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6232 if (Bits < 64)
6233 InReg = true;
6234 pad(Offset);
6235 Elems.push_back(Ty);
6236 Size = Offset + Bits;
6237 }
6238
6239 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6240 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6241 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6242 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6243 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6244 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6245 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6246 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6247 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6248 break;
6249 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6250 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6251 break;
6252 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6253 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6254 break;
6255 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6256 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6257 break;
6258 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6259 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6260 pad(ElemOffset);
6261 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6262 Size += 64;
6263 }
6264 break;
6265 default:
6266 break;
6267 }
6268 }
6269 }
6270
6271 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6272 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
6273 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size())
6274 return false;
6275 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i)
6276 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i))
6277 return false;
6278 return true;
6279 }
6280
6281 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6282 llvm::Type *getType() const {
6283 if (Elems.size() == 1)
6284 return Elems.front();
6285 else
6286 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6287 }
6288 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006289};
6290} // end anonymous namespace
6291
6292ABIArgInfo
6293SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6294 if (Ty->isVoidType())
6295 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6296
6297 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6298
6299 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6300 // pointer / sret pointer.
6301 if (Size > SizeLimit)
6302 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
6303
6304 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6305 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6306 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6307
6308 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6309 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6310 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6311
6312 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6313 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6314 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6315
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00006316 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6317 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6318 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6319 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6320
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006321 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006322 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6323 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6324 if (!StrTy)
6325 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6326
6327 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6328 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6329 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6330
6331 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6332 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6333
6334 if (CB.InReg)
6335 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6336 else
6337 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006338}
6339
6340llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6341 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006342 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6343 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6344 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6345 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6346
6347 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6348 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6349 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6350 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6351 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6352 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6353 unsigned Stride;
6354
6355 switch (AI.getKind()) {
6356 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006357 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006358 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6359
6360 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6361 Stride = 8;
6362 ArgAddr = Builder
6363 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6364 "extend");
6365 break;
6366
6367 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6368 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6369 ArgAddr = Addr;
6370 break;
6371
6372 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6373 Stride = 8;
6374 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6375 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6376 "indirect");
6377 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6378 break;
6379
6380 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6381 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6382 }
6383
6384 // Update VAList.
6385 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6386 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6387
6388 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006389}
6390
6391void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6392 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006393 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6394 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006395}
6396
6397namespace {
6398class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6399public:
6400 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6401 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006402
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006403 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006404 return 14;
6405 }
6406
6407 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006408 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006409};
6410} // end anonymous namespace
6411
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006412bool
6413SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6414 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6415 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6416 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6417
6418 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6419
6420 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6421 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6422 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6423
6424 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6425 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6426
6427 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6428 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6429
6430 // Y = 64
6431 // PSR = 65
6432 // WIM = 66
6433 // TBR = 67
6434 // PC = 68
6435 // NPC = 69
6436 // FSR = 70
6437 // CSR = 71
6438 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
6439
6440 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6441 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6442
6443 return false;
6444}
6445
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006446
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006447//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006448// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006449//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006450
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006451namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006452
6453/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6454/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6455typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6456
6457/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6458///
6459/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6460/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6461/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6462///
6463/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6464/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
6465/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
6466/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
6467/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6468/// Recursive type encoding.
6469///
6470/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6471/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6472/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6473/// the type is encountered.
6474///
6475/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6476/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6477/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6478/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6479/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6480///
6481/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6482/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6483/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6484/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6485/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6486///
6487/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6488///
6489/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6490/// cached encoding is used;
6491///
6492/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6493/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6494///
6495/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6496/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6497///
6498/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6499/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6500/// it is swapped back in;
6501///
6502/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6503/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6504/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6505///
6506/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6507/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6508/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6509/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6510///
6511class TypeStringCache {
6512 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6513 struct Entry {
6514 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6515 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6516 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6517 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6518 };
6519 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6520 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6521 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6522public:
Robert Lyttond263f142014-05-06 09:38:54 +00006523 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006524 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6525 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6526 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6527 bool IsRecursive);
6528 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6529};
6530
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006531/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006532/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6533class FieldEncoding {
6534 bool HasName;
6535 std::string Enc;
6536public:
6537 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
6538 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
6539 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6540 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6541 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6542 }
6543};
6544
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006545class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6546public:
6547 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006548 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6549 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006550};
6551
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006552class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006553 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006554public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006555 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006556 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00006557 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6558 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006559};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006560
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006561} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006562
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006563llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6564 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006565 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006566
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006567 // Get the VAList.
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006568 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6569 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6570 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006571
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006572 // Handle the argument.
6573 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6574 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6575 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6576 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006577 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006578 llvm::Value *Val;
Andy Gibbsd9ba4722013-10-14 07:02:04 +00006579 uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006580 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006581 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006582 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006583 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6584 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006585 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6586 ArgSize = 0;
6587 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006588 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6589 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006590 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6591 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6592 if (ArgSize < 4)
6593 ArgSize = 4;
6594 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006595 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6596 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6597 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6598 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006599 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6600 ArgSize = 4;
6601 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006602 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006603
6604 // Increment the VAList.
6605 if (ArgSize) {
6606 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6607 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6608 }
6609 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006610}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006611
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006612/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6613/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6614/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6615/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6616/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6617void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6618 std::string StubEnc) {
6619 if (!ID)
6620 return;
6621 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6622 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6623 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6624 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6625 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6626 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6627 E.State = Incomplete;
6628 ++IncompleteCount;
6629}
6630
6631/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6632/// must be removed from the cache.
6633/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6634/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6635bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6636 if (!ID)
6637 return false;
6638 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6639 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6640 Entry &E = I->second;
6641 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6642 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6643 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6644 bool IsRecursive = false;
6645 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6646 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6647 IsRecursive = true;
6648 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6649 }
6650 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6651 Map.erase(I);
6652 else {
6653 // Swap the Recursive back.
6654 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6655 E.Swapped.clear();
6656 E.State = Recursive;
6657 }
6658 --IncompleteCount;
6659 return IsRecursive;
6660}
6661
6662/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6663/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6664void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6665 bool IsRecursive) {
6666 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6667 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6668 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6669 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6670 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6671 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6672 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6673 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6674 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6675 return;
6676 }
6677 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6678 E.Str = Str.str();
6679 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6680}
6681
6682/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6683/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6684/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6685StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6686 if (!ID)
6687 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
6688 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6689 if (I == Map.end())
6690 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
6691 Entry &E = I->second;
6692 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6693 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6694
6695 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6696 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6697 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6698 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6699 }
6700 return E.Str.c_str();
6701}
6702
6703/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6704/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6705/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6706/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6707/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6708/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6709///
6710/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6711/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6712/// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6713/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6714///
6715static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6716 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6717
6718/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6719void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6720 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6721 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6722 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6723 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006724 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals;
6725 MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV));
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006726 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6727 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6728 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6729 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6730 }
6731}
6732
6733static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6734 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6735 TypeStringCache &TSC);
6736
6737/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6738/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6739static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6740 const RecordDecl *RD,
6741 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6742 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006743 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006744 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6745 Enc += "m(";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006746 Enc += Field->getName();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006747 Enc += "){";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006748 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006749 Enc += "b(";
6750 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6751 OS.resync();
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006752 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006753 OS.flush();
6754 Enc += ':';
6755 }
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006756 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006757 return false;
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006758 if (Field->isBitField())
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006759 Enc += ')';
6760 Enc += '}';
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00006761 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc));
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006762 }
6763 return true;
6764}
6765
6766/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6767/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6768/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6769static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6770 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6771 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6772 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6773 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6774 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6775 Enc += TypeString;
6776 return true;
6777 }
6778
6779 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6780 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6781 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6782 Enc += '(';
6783 if (ID)
6784 Enc += ID->getName();
6785 Enc += "){";
6786
6787 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6788 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006789 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6790 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6791 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6792 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6793 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006794 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006795 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6796 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6797 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6798 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6799 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6800 return false;
6801 }
6802 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6803 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6804 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6805 if (RT->isUnionType())
6806 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006807 // We can now complete the TypeString.
6808 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006809 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6810 if (I)
6811 Enc += ',';
6812 Enc += FE[I].str();
6813 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006814 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006815 Enc += '}';
6816 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6817 return true;
6818}
6819
6820/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6821static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6822 TypeStringCache &TSC,
6823 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6824 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6825 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6826 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6827 Enc += TypeString;
6828 return true;
6829 }
6830
6831 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6832 Enc += "e(";
6833 if (ID)
6834 Enc += ID->getName();
6835 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006836
6837 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006838 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006839 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6840 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6841 ++I) {
6842 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6843 EnumEnc += "m(";
6844 EnumEnc += I->getName();
6845 EnumEnc += "){";
6846 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6847 EnumEnc += '}';
6848 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6849 }
6850 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6851 unsigned E = FE.size();
6852 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6853 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006854 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006855 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006856 }
6857 }
6858 Enc += '}';
6859 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6860 return true;
6861}
6862
6863/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6864/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6865static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6866 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6867 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6868 int Lookup = 0;
6869 if (QT.isConstQualified())
6870 Lookup += 1<<0;
6871 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6872 Lookup += 1<<1;
6873 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6874 Lookup += 1<<2;
6875 Enc += Table[Lookup];
6876}
6877
6878/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6879static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6880 const char *EncType;
6881 switch (BT->getKind()) {
6882 case BuiltinType::Void:
6883 EncType = "0";
6884 break;
6885 case BuiltinType::Bool:
6886 EncType = "b";
6887 break;
6888 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6889 EncType = "uc";
6890 break;
6891 case BuiltinType::UChar:
6892 EncType = "uc";
6893 break;
6894 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6895 EncType = "sc";
6896 break;
6897 case BuiltinType::UShort:
6898 EncType = "us";
6899 break;
6900 case BuiltinType::Short:
6901 EncType = "ss";
6902 break;
6903 case BuiltinType::UInt:
6904 EncType = "ui";
6905 break;
6906 case BuiltinType::Int:
6907 EncType = "si";
6908 break;
6909 case BuiltinType::ULong:
6910 EncType = "ul";
6911 break;
6912 case BuiltinType::Long:
6913 EncType = "sl";
6914 break;
6915 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6916 EncType = "ull";
6917 break;
6918 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6919 EncType = "sll";
6920 break;
6921 case BuiltinType::Float:
6922 EncType = "ft";
6923 break;
6924 case BuiltinType::Double:
6925 EncType = "d";
6926 break;
6927 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6928 EncType = "ld";
6929 break;
6930 default:
6931 return false;
6932 }
6933 Enc += EncType;
6934 return true;
6935}
6936
6937/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6938static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6939 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6940 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6941 Enc += "p(";
6942 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6943 return false;
6944 Enc += ')';
6945 return true;
6946}
6947
6948/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006949static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6950 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006951 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6952 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6953 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6954 return false;
6955 Enc += "a(";
6956 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6957 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6958 else
6959 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6960 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006961 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6962 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006963 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6964 return false;
6965 Enc += ')';
6966 return true;
6967}
6968
6969/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6970/// and the arguments.
6971static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6972 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6973 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6974 Enc += "f{";
6975 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6976 return false;
6977 Enc += "}(";
6978 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6979 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6980 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6981 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6982 if (I != E) {
6983 do {
6984 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
6985 return false;
6986 ++I;
6987 if (I != E)
6988 Enc += ',';
6989 } while (I != E);
6990 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6991 Enc += ",va";
6992 } else {
6993 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6994 Enc += "va";
6995 else
6996 Enc += '0';
6997 }
6998 }
6999 Enc += ')';
7000 return true;
7001}
7002
7003/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
7004/// type encodings.
7005static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
7006 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7007 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7008
7009 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
7010
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007011 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
7012 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7013 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7014 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
7015
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007016 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
7017
7018 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
7019 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
7020
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007021 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
7022 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
7023
7024 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
7025 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7026
7027 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
7028 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7029
7030 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
7031 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7032
7033 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
7034 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
7035
7036 return false;
7037}
7038
7039static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7040 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7041 if (!D)
7042 return false;
7043
7044 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7045 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7046 return false;
7047 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
7048 }
7049
7050 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7051 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7052 return false;
7053 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
7054 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
7055 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007056 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7057 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7058 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007059 }
7060 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
7061 }
7062 return false;
7063}
7064
7065
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007066//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7067// Driver code
7068//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7069
Rafael Espindola9f834732014-09-19 01:54:22 +00007070const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
7071 return getTarget().getTriple();
7072}
7073
7074bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
7075 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
7076}
7077
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007078const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007079 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
7080 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007081
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007082 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00007083 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007084 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007085 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007086
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00007087 case llvm::Triple::le32:
7088 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00007089 case llvm::Triple::mips:
7090 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007091 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
7092
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00007093 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
7094 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007095 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
7096
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00007097 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
Tim Northover40956e62014-07-23 12:32:58 +00007098 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007099 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007100 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007101 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007102
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007103 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007104 }
7105
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007106 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007107 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007108 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007109 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007110 {
7111 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007112 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007113 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00007114 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007115 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
7116 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007117 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
7118
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00007119 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00007120 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00007121 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7122 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7123 default:
7124 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7125 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7126 }
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007127 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007128
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007129 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007130 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00007131 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007132 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007133 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007134 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
7135 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
7136
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007137 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7138 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7139 } else
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00007140 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007141 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00007142 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007143 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007144 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1")
7145 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
7146
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007147 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7148 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7149 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007150
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00007151 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
7152 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00007153 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00007154
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007155 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007156 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007157
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00007158 case llvm::Triple::systemz:
7159 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7160
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00007161 case llvm::Triple::tce:
7162 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7163
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007164 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007165 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
7166 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
7167 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasoolec5c6242014-11-23 02:16:24 +00007168 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00007169
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007170 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00007171 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00007172 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007173 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7174 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00007175 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007176 } else {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007177 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007178 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7179 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7180 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00007181 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007182 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007183 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007184
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007185 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007186 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007187
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007188 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7189 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00007190 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7191 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00007192 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00007193 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7194 new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007195 default:
Alexander Musman09184fe2014-09-30 05:29:28 +00007196 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7197 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007198 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007199 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00007200 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7201 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00007202 case llvm::Triple::r600:
7203 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Tom Stellardd8e38a32015-01-06 20:34:47 +00007204 case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
7205 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00007206 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7207 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007208 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00007209 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007210 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007211}